blob: cb7a90fffc627a9bcbef9715153d2fe59f49e8e3 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
42 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
51 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
52
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
61 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
62 MD->isInstanceMethod());
63 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
64 }
65 }
66 }
67
68 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
70 }
71
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000072 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000073 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
75 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
76 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
77 return true;
78 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000079 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000080
81 // See if the decl is unavailable
82 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
85 }
86
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000087 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000088}
89
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +000090SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
91 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
92 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
93}
94
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +000095//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
96// Standard Promotions and Conversions
97//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
98
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +000099/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
100void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
101 QualType Ty = E->getType();
102 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
103
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000104 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
105 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000106 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
107 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
108 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
109 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
110 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
111 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
112 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000113 //
114 // C++ 4.2p1:
115 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
116 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
117 //
118 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
119 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000120 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
121 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000122}
123
124/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
125/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
126/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
127/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
128/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
129Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
130 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
131 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
132
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000133 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) // C99 6.3.1.1p2
134 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
135 else
136 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
137
138 return Expr;
139}
140
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000141/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
142/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
143/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
144void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
145 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
146 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
147
148 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
149 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
150 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
151 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
152
153 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
154}
155
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000156// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
157// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000158void Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000159 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
160
161 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType()) {
162 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
163 diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg) <<
164 Expr->getType() << CT;
165 }
166}
167
168
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000169/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
170/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
171/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
172/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
173/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
174/// GCC.
175QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
176 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000177 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000178 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000179
180 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000181
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000182 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
183 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000184 QualType lhs =
185 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
186 QualType rhs =
187 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000188
189 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
190 if (lhs == rhs)
191 return lhs;
192
193 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
194 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
195 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
196 return lhs;
197
198 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000199 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000200 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000201 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000202 return destType;
203}
204
205QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
206 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
207 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
208 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
209 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
210 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000211 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
212 lhs = Context.IntTy;
213 else
214 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
215 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
216 rhs = Context.IntTy;
217 else
218 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000219
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000220 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
221 if (lhs == rhs)
222 return lhs;
223
224 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
225 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
226 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
227 return lhs;
228
229 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
230
231 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
232 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
233 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
234 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
235 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000236 return lhs;
237 }
238 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
239 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000240 return rhs;
241 }
242 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
243 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
244 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
245 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
246 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
247 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
248 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
249 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
250 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
251 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
252 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
253
254 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
255 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000256 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
257 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000258 }
259 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
260 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
261 // does not require this promotion.
262 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
263 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000264 return rhs;
265 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000266 return lhs;
267 }
268 }
269 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
270 }
271 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
272 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
273 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000274 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000275 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000276 return lhs;
277 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000278 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
279 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
280 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
281 }
282 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000283 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000284 return rhs;
285 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000286 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
287 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
288 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
289 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
291 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
292 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000293 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000294 return lhs;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000295 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
296 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000297 }
298 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
299 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
300 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
301 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
302
303 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
304 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000305 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
306 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000307 return rhs;
308 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
309 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000310 return lhs;
311 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
312 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000313 return rhs;
314 }
315 }
316 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
317 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
318 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
319 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
320 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
321 QualType destType;
322 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
323 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
324 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
325 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
326 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
327 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
328 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
329 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
330 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
331 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
332 // use the signed type.
333 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
334 } else {
335 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
336 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
337 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
338 // to the signed type.
339 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
340 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000341 return destType;
342}
343
344//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
345// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
346//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
347
348
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000349/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000350/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
351/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
352/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
353/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000354///
355Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000356Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000357 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
358
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000359 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000360 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000361 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000362
363 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
364 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
365 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000366
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000367 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000368 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000369 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000370
371 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
372 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
373 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000374
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000375 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
376 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
377 // strings.
378 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000379 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000380 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattner726e1682009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000381
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000382 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000383 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
384 Literal.GetStringLength(),
385 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
386 &StringTokLocs[0],
387 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000388}
389
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000390/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
391/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
392/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
393/// for values inside the block or for globals).
394///
395/// FIXME: This will create BlockDeclRefExprs for global variables,
396/// function references, etc which is suboptimal :) and breaks
397/// things like "integer constant expression" tests.
398static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
399 ValueDecl *VD) {
400 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
401 // we wanted to.
402 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
403 return false;
404
405 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
406 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
407 return false;
408
409 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
410 // snapshot it.
411 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
412 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
413 return Var->hasLocalStorage();
414
415 return true;
416}
417
418
419
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000420/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000421/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000422/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000423/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000424/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000425Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
426 IdentifierInfo &II,
427 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000428 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
429 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
430 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000431 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000432}
433
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000434/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
435/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
436/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000437DeclRefExpr *
438Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
439 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
440 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000441 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000442 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
443 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000444 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000445 } else
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000446 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000447}
448
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000449/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
450/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
451/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000452static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000453 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
454 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
455
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000456 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000457 // be an O(1) operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's
458 // vector (which itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make
459 // this even better.
460 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
461 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
462 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
463 D != DEnd; ++D) {
464 if (*D == Record) {
465 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
466 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
467 ++D;
468 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000469 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000470 return *D;
471 }
472 }
473
474 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
475 return 0;
476}
477
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000478Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000479Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
480 FieldDecl *Field,
481 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
482 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
483 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
484 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
485 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
486
487 // Construct the sequence of field member references
488 // we'll have to perform to get to the field in the anonymous
489 // union/struct. The list of members is built from the field
490 // outward, so traverse it backwards to go from an object in
491 // the current context to the field we found.
492 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
493 AnonFields.push_back(Field);
494 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
495 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
496 do {
497 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000498 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000499 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
500 AnonFields.push_back(AnonField);
501 else {
502 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
503 break;
504 }
505 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
506 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
507 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
508
509 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
510 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
511 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
512 // found via name lookup.
513 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
514 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
515 if (BaseObject) {
516 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
517 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000518 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000519 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000520 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000521 ExtraQuals
522 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
523 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
524 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
525 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
526 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
527 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
528 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
529 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
530 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
531 }
532 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
533 } else {
534 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
535 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
536 // program our base object expression is "this".
537 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
538 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
539 QualType AnonFieldType
540 = Context.getTagDeclType(
541 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
542 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
543 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
544 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
545 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
546 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000547 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000548 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000549 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
550 }
551 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000552 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
553 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000554 }
555 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
556 }
557
558 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000559 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
560 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000561 }
562
563 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
564 // anonymous struct/union.
565 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
566 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
567 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
568 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
569 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
570 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
571 unsigned combinedQualifiers
572 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
573 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
574 }
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000575 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
576 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000577 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
578 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000579 }
580
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000581 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000582}
583
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000584/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
585/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
586/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
587/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
588/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
589/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
590/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
591/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
592/// forms.
593///
594/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
595/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
596/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
597/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000598///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000599/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
600/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
601/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
602/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000603Sema::OwningExprResult
604Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
605 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000606 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000607 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000608 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000609 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
610 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000611
612 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
613 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
614 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
615 // names a dependent type.
616 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000617 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
618 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000619 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000620 }
621
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000622 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
623 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000624
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000625 NamedDecl *D = 0;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000626 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
627 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
628 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
629 : SourceRange());
630 return ExprError();
631 } else
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000632 D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000633
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000634 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
635 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000636 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
637 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000638 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
639 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000640 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
641 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
642 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000643 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000644 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000645 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
646 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000647 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000648 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
649 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000650 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
651 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
652 // an error.
653 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
654 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
655 << IV->getDeclName());
656 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
657 // same name exists, use the global.
658 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000659 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
660 ClassDeclared != IFace)
661 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000662 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't turn
663 // this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
664 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
665 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
666 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef = new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
667 Loc, static_cast<Expr*>(SelfExpr.release()),
668 true, true);
669 Context.setFieldDecl(IFace, IV, MRef);
670 return Owned(MRef);
671 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000672 }
673 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000674 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
675 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
676 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000677 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
678 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
679 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
680 IFace == ClassDeclared)
681 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden)<<IV->getDeclName();
682 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000683 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000684 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000685 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000686 QualType T;
687
688 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
689 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
690 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
691 else
692 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000693 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000694 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000695 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000696
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000697 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
698 // argument-dependent lookup.
699 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
700 HasTrailingLParen;
701
702 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000703 // We've seen something of the form
704 //
705 // identifier(
706 //
707 // and we did not find any entity by the name
708 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
709 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
710 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
711 Context.OverloadTy,
712 Loc));
713 }
714
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000715 if (D == 0) {
716 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
717 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000718 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000719 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000720 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000721 else {
722 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
723 // diagnose the problem.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000724 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000725 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
726 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000727 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
728 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000729 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
730 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000731 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000732 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000733 }
734 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000735
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000736 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
737 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
738 // not any specific instance's member.
739 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000740 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000741 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000742 QualType DType;
743 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
744 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
745 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
746 DType = Method->getType();
747 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
748 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
749 }
750 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
751 if (!DType.isNull()) {
752 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
753 // dependent.
754 bool Dependent = false;
755 for (; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
756 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
757 if (DC->isRecord()) {
758 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
759 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
760 Dependent = true;
761 break;
762 }
763 }
764 }
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000765 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000766 }
767 }
768 }
769
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000770 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
771 // (C++ [class.union]).
772 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
773 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
774 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000775
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000776 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
777 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
778 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
779 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
780 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
781 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
782 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
783 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
784 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
785 QualType MemberType;
786 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
787 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
788 MemberType = FD->getType();
789
790 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
791 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
792 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
793 unsigned combinedQualifiers
794 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
795 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
796 }
797 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
798 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
799 Ctx = Method->getParent();
800 MemberType = Method->getType();
801 }
802 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
803 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
804 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
805 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
806 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
807 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
808 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
809 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
810 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
811 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
812 break;
813 }
814 }
815 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000816
817 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000818 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
819 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
820 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
821 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
822 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
823 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000824 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000825 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000826 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000827 SourceLocation(), MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000828 }
829 }
830 }
831 }
832
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +0000833 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000834 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
835 if (MD->isStatic())
836 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000837 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
838 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000839 }
840
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000841 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
842 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
843 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000844 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
845 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +0000846 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000847
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000848 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000849 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000850 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000851 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +0000852 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000853 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000854
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000855 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000856 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000857 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
858 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +0000859 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
860 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
861 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000862 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000863
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000864 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
865 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
866 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
867 // that overload resolution actually selects.
868 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
869 return ExprError();
870
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000871 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000872 // Warn about constructs like:
873 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
874 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000875 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
876 Scope *CheckS = S;
877 while (CheckS) {
878 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +0000879 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000880 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000881 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
882 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000883 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000884 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
885 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000886 break;
887 }
888
889 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
890 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
891 if (CheckS)
892 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
893 }
894 }
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000895 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
896 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
897 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
898 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
899 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
900 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
901 // type.
902 QualType T = Func->getType();
903 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000904 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
905 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor2224f842009-02-25 16:33:18 +0000906 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
907 }
Douglas Gregorcaaf29a2008-12-10 23:01:14 +0000908 }
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000909
910 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
911 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000912 return ExprError();
913
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000914 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
915 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
916 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
917 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +0000918 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000919 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
920 // as they do not get snapshotted.
921 //
922 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +0000923 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
924 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
925
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000926 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000927 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
928 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000929 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000930
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000931 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +0000932 ExprTy.addConst();
933 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +0000934 }
935 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
936 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000937
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000938 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000939 bool ValueDependent = false;
940 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
941 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
942 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
943 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
944 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
945 TypeDependent = true;
946 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
947 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
948 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
949 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
950 TypeDependent = true;
951 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
952 // names a dependent type.
953 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000954 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000955 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
956 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000957 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000958 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
959 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
960 TypeDependent = true;
961 break;
962 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000963 }
964 }
965 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000966
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +0000967 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
968 //
969 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
970 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
971 if (TypeDependent)
972 ValueDependent = true;
973 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
974 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
975 ValueDependent = true;
976 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
977 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
978 // (FIXME!).
979 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000980
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000981 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
982 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000983}
984
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000985Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
986 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000987 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000988
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000989 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000990 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +0000991 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
992 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
993 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000994 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +0000995
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +0000996 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
997 // string.
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +0000998 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +0000999 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1000 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001001 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1002 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1003 else {
1004 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1005 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1006 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1007 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001008
1009
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001010 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001011 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001012 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001013 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001014}
1015
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001016Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001017 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1018 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1019 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1020 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001021
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001022 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1023 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1024 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001025 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001026
1027 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1028
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001029 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1030 Literal.isWide(),
1031 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001032}
1033
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001034Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1035 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001036 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1037 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001038 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001039 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001040 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001041 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001042 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001043
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001044 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001045 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1046 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001047 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001048
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001049 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1050 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001051
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001052 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1053 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1054 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001055 return ExprError();
1056
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001057 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001058
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001059 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001060 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001061 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001062 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001063 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001064 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001065 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001066 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001067
1068 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1069
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001070 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1071 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001072 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1073 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001074
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001075 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001076 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001077 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001078 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001079
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001080 // long long is a C99 feature.
1081 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001082 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001083 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1084
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001085 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001086 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001087
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001088 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1089 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1090 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001091 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1092 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001093 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001094 } else {
1095 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1096 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001097
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001098 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1099 // be an unsigned int.
1100 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1101
1102 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001103 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001104 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1105 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001106 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001107
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001108 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1109 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1110 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1111 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001112 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001113 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001114 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001115 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001116 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001117 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001118
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001119 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001120 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001121 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001122
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001123 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1124 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1125 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1126 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001127 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001128 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001129 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001130 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001131 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001132 }
1133
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001134 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001135 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001136 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001137
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001138 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1139 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1140 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1141 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001142 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001143 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001144 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001145 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001146 }
1147 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001148
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001149 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1150 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001151 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001152 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001153 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001154 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001155 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001156
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001157 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1158 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001159 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001160 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001161 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001162
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001163 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1164 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001165 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1166 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001167
1168 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001169}
1170
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001171Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1172 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
1173 Expr *E = (Expr *)Val.release();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001174 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001175 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001176}
1177
1178/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1179/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001180bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001181 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1182 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1183 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001184 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1185 return false;
1186
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001187 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001188 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001189 // alignof(function) is allowed.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001190 if (isSizeof)
1191 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1192 return false;
1193 }
1194
1195 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001196 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1197 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001198 return false;
1199 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001200
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001201 return RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001202 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1203 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1204 ExprRange);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001205}
1206
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001207bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1208 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1209 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001210
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001211 // alignof decl is always ok.
1212 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1213 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001214
1215 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1216 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1217 return false;
1218
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001219 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
1220 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) {
1221 if (FD->isBitField()) {
Chris Lattnerda027472009-01-24 21:29:22 +00001222 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001223 return true;
1224 }
1225 // Other fields are ok.
1226 return false;
1227 }
1228 }
1229 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1230}
1231
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001232/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1233Action::OwningExprResult
1234Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1235 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1236 if (T.isNull())
1237 return ExprError();
1238
1239 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1240 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1241 return ExprError();
1242
1243 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1244 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1245 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1246 R.getEnd()));
1247}
1248
1249/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1250/// operand.
1251Action::OwningExprResult
1252Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1253 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1254 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1255 bool isInvalid = false;
1256 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1257 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1258 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1259 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
1260 } else if (E->isBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
1261 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1262 isInvalid = true;
1263 } else {
1264 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1265 }
1266
1267 if (isInvalid)
1268 return ExprError();
1269
1270 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1271 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1272 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1273 R.getEnd()));
1274}
1275
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001276/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1277/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1278/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001279Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001280Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1281 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001282 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001283 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001284
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001285 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001286 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1287 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1288 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001289
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001290 // Get the end location.
1291 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1292 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1293 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1294
1295 if (Result.isInvalid())
1296 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1297
1298 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001299}
1300
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001301QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001302 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1303 return Context.DependentTy;
1304
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001305 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(V);
1306
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001307 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001308 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1309 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001310
1311 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1312 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1313 return V->getType();
1314
1315 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001316 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1317 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001318 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001319}
1320
1321
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001322
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001323Action::OwningExprResult
1324Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1325 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1326 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001327
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001328 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1329 switch (Kind) {
1330 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1331 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1332 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1333 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001334
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001335 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1336 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1337 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001338 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001339 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1340
1341 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1342 //
1343 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1344 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1345 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1346 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1347 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1348 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1349 // argument will have value zero.
1350 Expr *Args[2] = {
1351 Arg,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001352 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1353 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001354 };
1355
1356 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1357 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001358 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001359
1360 // Perform overload resolution.
1361 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1362 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1363 case OR_Success: {
1364 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1365 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1366
1367 if (FnDecl) {
1368 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1369 // operator.
1370
1371 // Convert the arguments.
1372 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1373 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001374 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001375 } else {
1376 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001377 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001378 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1379 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001380 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001381 }
1382
1383 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001384 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001385 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1386 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001387
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001388 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001389 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001390 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001391 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1392
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001393 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001394 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1395 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1396 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001397 } else {
1398 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1399 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1400 // operator node.
1401 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1402 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001403 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001404
1405 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001406 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001407 }
1408
1409 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1410 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1411 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1412 break;
1413
1414 case OR_Ambiguous:
1415 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1416 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1417 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1418 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001419 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001420
1421 case OR_Deleted:
1422 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1423 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1424 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1425 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1426 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1427 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001428 }
1429
1430 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1431 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1432 // build a built-in operation.
1433 }
1434
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001435 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1436 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001437 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001438 return ExprError();
1439 Input.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001440 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001441}
1442
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001443Action::OwningExprResult
1444Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1445 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1446 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1447 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001448
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001449 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001450 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001451 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1452 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1453 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001454 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1455 // to the candidate set.
1456 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1457 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001458 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1459 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001460
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001461 // Perform overload resolution.
1462 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1463 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Best)) {
1464 case OR_Success: {
1465 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1466 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1467
1468 if (FnDecl) {
1469 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1470 // operator.
1471
1472 // Convert the arguments.
1473 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1474 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1475 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1476 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1477 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001478 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001479 } else {
1480 // Convert the arguments.
1481 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1482 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1483 "passing") ||
1484 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1485 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1486 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001487 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001488 }
1489
1490 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001491 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001492 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1493 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001494
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001495 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001496 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1497 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001498 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1499
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001500 Base.release();
1501 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001502 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1503 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001504 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001505 } else {
1506 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1507 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1508 // operator node.
1509 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1510 "passing") ||
1511 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1512 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001513 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001514
1515 break;
1516 }
1517 }
1518
1519 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1520 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1521 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1522 break;
1523
1524 case OR_Ambiguous:
1525 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1526 << "[]"
1527 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1528 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001529 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001530
1531 case OR_Deleted:
1532 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1533 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1534 << "[]"
1535 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1536 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1537 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001538 }
1539
1540 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1541 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1542 // build a built-in operation.
1543 }
1544
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001545 // Perform default conversions.
1546 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1547 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001548
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001549 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001550
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001551 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001552 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001553 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001554 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001555 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1556 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001557 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1558 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1559 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1560 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1561 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001562 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1563 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1564 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1565 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerbefee482007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001566 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001567 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001568 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1569 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1570 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1571 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001572 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1573 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001574 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001575
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001576 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1577 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001578 } else {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001579 return ExprError(Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(),
1580 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value) << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
1581 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001582 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001583 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001584 return ExprError(Diag(IndexExpr->getLocStart(),
1585 diag::err_typecheck_subscript) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001586
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001587 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1588 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1589 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1590 // incomplete types are not object types.
1591 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1592 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1593 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1594 return ExprError();
1595 }
1596 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
1597 RequireCompleteType(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), ResultType,
1598 diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
1599 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1600 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001601
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001602 Base.release();
1603 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001604 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001605 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001606}
1607
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001608QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001609CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001610 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001611 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001612
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001613 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1614 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001615
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001616 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001617 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1618 // to be selected.
1619 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001620
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001621 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1622 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1623 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001624
1625 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1626 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001627 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001628 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1629 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001630 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001631 do
1632 compStr++;
1633 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001634 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001635 do
1636 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001637 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001638 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001639
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001640 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001641 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1642 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001643 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1644 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001645 return QualType();
1646 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001647
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001648 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1649 // operates on.
1650 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1651 compStr = CompName.getName();
1652
1653 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001654 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001655
1656 while (*compStr) {
1657 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1658 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1659 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1660 return QualType();
1661 }
1662 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001663 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001664
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001665 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1666 // number of elements.
1667 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001668 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001669 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001670 return QualType();
1671 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001672
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001673 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001674 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001675 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001676 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001677 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001678 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1679 : CompName.getLength();
1680 if (HexSwizzle)
1681 CompSize--;
1682
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001683 if (CompSize == 1)
1684 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001685
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001686 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001687 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001688 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1689 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1690 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1691 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001692 }
1693 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001694}
1695
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001696static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1697 IdentifierInfo &Member,
1698 const Selector &Sel) {
1699
1700 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
1701 return PD;
1702 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
1703 return OMD;
1704
1705 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1706 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1707 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel))
1708 return D;
1709 }
1710 return 0;
1711}
1712
1713static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy,
1714 IdentifierInfo &Member,
1715 const Selector &Sel) {
1716 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1717 Decl *GDecl = 0;
1718 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1719 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1720 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
1721 GDecl = PD;
1722 break;
1723 }
1724 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
1725 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
1726 GDecl = OMD;
1727 break;
1728 }
1729 }
1730 if (!GDecl) {
1731 for (ObjCQualifiedIdType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
1732 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
1733 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
1734 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel);
1735 if (GDecl)
1736 return GDecl;
1737 }
1738 }
1739 return GDecl;
1740}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00001741
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001742/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
1743/// all base class implementations.
1744///
1745ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
1746 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
1747 const Selector &Sel) {
1748 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
1749 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl =
1750 Sema::ObjCImplementations[IFace->getIdentifier()])
1751 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1752
1753 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
1754 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
1755 return Method;
1756}
1757
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001758Action::OwningExprResult
1759Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1760 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001761 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001762 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001763 Expr *BaseExpr = static_cast<Expr *>(Base.release());
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001764 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00001765
1766 // Perform default conversions.
1767 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001768
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001769 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
1770 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001771
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001772 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
1773 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001774 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Chris Lattnerbefee482007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001775 if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001776 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00001777 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001778 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
1779 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001780 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001781 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1782 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
1783 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001784 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001785
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001786 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
1787 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001788 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001789 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00001790 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00001791 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
1792 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1793 return ExprError();
1794
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00001795 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001796 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated
1797 // than this.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001798 LookupResult Result
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001799 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001800 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001801
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001802 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001803 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
1804 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001805 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001806 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
1807 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
1808 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001809 }
1810
1811 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001812
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001813 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1814 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1815 // error cases.
1816 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
1817 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001818
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001819 // Check the use of this field
1820 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
1821 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001822
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001823 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001824 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1825 // (C++ [class.union]).
1826 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001827 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001828 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001829
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001830 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
1831 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001832 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001833 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
1834 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
1835 else {
1836 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
1837 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00001838 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001839 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
1840 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1841 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001842
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001843 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
1844 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001845 }
1846
1847 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001848 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001849 Var, MemberLoc,
1850 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
1851 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001852 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001853 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
1854 MemberFn->getType()));
1855 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1856 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001857 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001858 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
1859 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001860 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
1861 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001862 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001863 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
1864 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00001865
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00001866 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
1867 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
1868 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001869 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
1870 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
1871 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001872 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001873
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001874 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
1875 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00001876 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001877 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1878 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member,
1879 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00001880 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
1881 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
1882 // error cases.
1883 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1884 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001885
1886 // Check whether we can reference this field.
1887 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
1888 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8bfd1b82009-03-26 16:01:08 +00001889 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
1890 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001891 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
1892 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1893 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001894 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
1895 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
1896 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
1897 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass down
1898 // the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context need
1899 // be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the AST
1900 // for a function decl.
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001901 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001902 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
1903 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
1904 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
1905 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
1906 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
1907 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00001908 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00001909
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001910 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001911 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00001912 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00001913 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1914 }
1915 // @protected
1916 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
1917 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1918 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001919
1920 ObjCIvarRefExpr *MRef= new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001921 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Fariborz Jahanianefc4c4b2008-12-18 17:29:46 +00001922 OpKind == tok::arrow);
1923 Context.setFieldDecl(IFTy->getDecl(), IV, MRef);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001924 return Owned(MRef);
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00001925 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001926 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
1927 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
1928 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00001929 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001930
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00001931 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
1932 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
1933 const PointerType *PTy;
1934 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
1935 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
1936 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
1937 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbar7f8ea5c2008-08-30 05:35:15 +00001938
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001939 // Search for a declared property first.
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001940 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001941 // Check whether we can reference this property.
1942 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
1943 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001944
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001945 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001946 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1947 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001948
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001949 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattner9baefc22008-07-21 05:20:01 +00001950 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
1951 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001952 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001953 // Check whether we can reference this property.
1954 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
1955 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001956
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001957 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00001958 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
1959 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001960
1961 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
1962 // selector is implemented.
1963
1964 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
1965 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
1966
1967 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
1968 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001969
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001970 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
1971 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001972 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001973
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00001974 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1975 if (!Getter) {
1976 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
1977 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
1978 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
1979 }
1980 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00001981 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001982 // Check if we can reference this property.
1983 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
1984 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00001985 }
1986 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
1987 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
1988 Selector SetterSel =
1989 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
1990 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
1991 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
1992 if (!Setter) {
1993 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
1994 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00001995 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00001996 }
1997 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
1998 if (!Setter) {
1999 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2000 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
2001 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002002 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002003 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002004
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002005 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2006 return ExprError();
2007
2008 if (Getter || Setter) {
2009 QualType PType;
2010
2011 if (Getter)
2012 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2013 else {
2014 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2015 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2016 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2017 }
2018 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2019 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2020 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2021 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002022 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2023 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002024 }
Steve Naroff18bc1642008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002025 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
2026 const ObjCQualifiedIdType *QIdTy;
2027 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2028 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002029 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2030 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel)) {
2031 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002032 // Check the use of this declaration
2033 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2034 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002035
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002036 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002037 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2038 }
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002039 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002040 // Check the use of this method.
2041 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2042 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002043
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002044 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002045 OMD->getResultType(),
2046 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2047 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian391d8952008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002048 }
2049 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002050
2051 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2052 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002053 }
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002054 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2055 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2056 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2057 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2058 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002059 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2060 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002061 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002062 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002063 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002064 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002065 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002066 }
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002067 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2068 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2069 Selector SetterSel =
2070 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2071 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
2072 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2073 if (!Setter) {
2074 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2075 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002076 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff335c6802009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002077 }
2078 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2079 if (!Setter) {
2080 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2081 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
2082 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(SetterSel);
2083 }
2084 }
2085
2086 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2087 return ExprError();
2088
2089 if (Getter || Setter) {
2090 QualType PType;
2091
2092 if (Getter)
2093 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2094 else {
2095 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2096 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2097 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2098 }
2099 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2100 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2101 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2102 }
2103 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2104 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002105 }
2106 }
2107
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002108 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002109 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002110 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2111 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002112 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002113 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002114 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002115 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002116
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002117 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2118 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2119
2120 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2121 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2122 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2123 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2124 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2125 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2126 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2127 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2128 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2129 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2130 }
2131
2132 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002133}
2134
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002135/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2136/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2137/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2138/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2139/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2140/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002141bool
2142Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002143 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002144 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002145 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2146 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002147 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002148 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2149 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2150 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002151 bool Invalid = false;
2152
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002153 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2154 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2155 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2156 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2157 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2158 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2159 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2160 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002161 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002162 }
2163
2164 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2165 // them.
2166 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2167 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2168 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2169 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2170 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2171 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2172 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2173 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002174 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002175 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002176 }
2177 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2178 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002179
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002180 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2181 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2182 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002183
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002184 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002185 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002186 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002187
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002188 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2189 ProtoArgType,
2190 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2191 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2192 return true;
2193
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002194 // Pass the argument.
2195 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2196 return true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002197 } else
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002198 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002199 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002200 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002201
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002202 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2203 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002204
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002205 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2206 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002207 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2208 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2209 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2210 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2211 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2212
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002213 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2214 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2215 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002216 DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002217 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2218 }
2219 }
2220
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002221 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002222}
2223
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002224/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002225/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2226/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002227Action::OwningExprResult
2228Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2229 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002230 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002231 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
2232 Expr *Fn = static_cast<Expr *>(fn.release());
2233 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002234 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002235 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002236 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002237
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002238 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002239 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002240 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002241 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in Fn.
2242 bool Dependent = false;
2243 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2244 Dependent = true;
2245 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2246 Dependent = true;
2247
2248 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002249 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002250 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2251
2252 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2253 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2254 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2255 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2256
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002257 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002258 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2259 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2260 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002261 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2262 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002263 }
2264
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002265 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002266 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002267 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2268 bool ADL = true;
2269 while (true) {
2270 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2271 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2272 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002273 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002274 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002275 ADL = false;
2276 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2277 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002278 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002279 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2280 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002281 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2282 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2283 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2284 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002285 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002286 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2287 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2288 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002289 } else {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002290 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2291 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2292 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002293 break;
2294 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002295 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002296
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002297 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2298 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002299 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002300 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
2301 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002302
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002303 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002304 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor3c385e52009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002305 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002306 ADL = false;
2307
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002308 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2309 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2310 ADL = false;
2311
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002312 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002313 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2314 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002315 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2316 if (!FDecl)
2317 return ExprError();
2318
2319 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2320 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002321 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002322 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002323 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2324 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2325 false, false,
2326 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2327 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002328 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002329 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002330 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2331 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2332 Fn = NewFn;
2333 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002334 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002335
2336 // Promote the function operand.
2337 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2338
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002339 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2340 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002341 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2342 Args, NumArgs,
2343 Context.BoolTy,
2344 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002345
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002346 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2347 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2348 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2349 // have type pointer to function".
2350 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2351 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002352 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2353 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002354 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2355 } else { // This is a block call.
2356 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2357 getAsFunctionType();
2358 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002359 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002360 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2361 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2362
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002363 // Check for a valid return type
2364 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2365 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2366 FuncT->getResultType(),
2367 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2368 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2369 return ExprError();
2370
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002371 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002372 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002373
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002374 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002375 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002376 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002377 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002378 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002379 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002380
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002381 if (FDecl) {
2382 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2383 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2384 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
2385 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size())
2386 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2387 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2388 }
2389
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002390 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002391 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2392 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2393 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002394 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2395 Arg->getType(),
2396 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2397 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2398 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002399 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002400 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002401 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002402
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002403 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2404 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002405 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2406 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002407
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002408 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002409 if (FDecl)
2410 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002411
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002412 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002413}
2414
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002415Action::OwningExprResult
2416Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2417 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002418 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002419 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002420 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002421 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002422 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002423
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002424 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002425 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002426 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2427 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002428 } else if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002429 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
2430 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002431 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002432
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002433 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002434 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002435 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002436
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002437 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002438 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002439 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002440 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002441 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002442 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002443 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002444 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002445}
2446
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002447Action::OwningExprResult
2448Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002449 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2450 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2451 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002452
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002453 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002454 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002455
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002456 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002457 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002458 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002459 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002460}
2461
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002462/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar58d5ebb2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002463bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002464 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2465
2466 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2467 // type needs to be scalar.
2468 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2469 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002470 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2471 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002472 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002473 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2474 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2475 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2476 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002477 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002478 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2479 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2480 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2481 // GCC cast to union extension
2482 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2483 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
2484 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
2485 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2486 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2487 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2488 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2489 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2490 break;
2491 }
2492 }
2493 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2494 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2495 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2496 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002497 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002498 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002499 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002500 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002501 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002502 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002503 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2504 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002505 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002506 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2507 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2508 return true;
2509 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2510 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2511 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002512 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002513 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002514 }
2515 return false;
2516}
2517
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002518bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002519 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002520
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002521 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002522 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002523 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002524 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002525 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002526 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002527 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002528 } else
2529 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002530 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002531 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002532
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002533 return false;
2534}
2535
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002536Action::OwningExprResult
2537Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2538 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2539 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2540 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002541
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002542 Expr *castExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(Op.release());
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00002543 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2544
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002545 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002546 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002547 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002548 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002549}
2550
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002551/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2552/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002553/// C99 6.5.15
2554QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2555 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002556 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2557 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2558 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2559 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2560 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2561 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00002562
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002563 // first, check the condition.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002564 if (!Cond->isTypeDependent()) {
2565 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2566 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2567 << CondTy;
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002568 return QualType();
2569 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002570 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002571
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002572 // Now check the two expressions.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002573 if ((LHS && LHS->isTypeDependent()) || (RHS && RHS->isTypeDependent()))
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002574 return Context.DependentTy;
2575
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002576 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2577 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002578 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2579 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2580 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00002581 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002582
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002583 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2584 // type.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002585 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2586 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002587 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002588 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002589 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002590 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002591 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002592 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002593
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002594 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002595 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002596 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2597 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2598 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2599 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2600 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2601 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2602 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2603 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2604 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002605 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002606 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002607 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2608 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002609 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2610 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2611 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2612 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2613 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002614 }
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002615 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2616 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2617 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2618 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2619 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002620 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002621
Chris Lattnerbd57d362008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002622 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2623 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002624 if (const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2625 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002626 // get the "pointed to" types
2627 QualType lhptee = LHSPT->getPointeeType();
2628 QualType rhptee = RHSPT->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002629
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002630 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2631 if (lhptee->isVoidType() &&
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002632 rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002633 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2634 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002635 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002636 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2637 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002638 return destType;
2639 }
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002640 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00002641 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002642 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002643 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2644 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002645 return destType;
2646 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002647
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002648 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
Chris Lattnerb4650c12009-02-19 04:44:58 +00002649 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002650 return LHSTy;
2651 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002652
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002653 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002654
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002655 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
2656 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002657 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002658 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002659 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
2660 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
2661 // type. This allows
2662 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
2663 // where B is a subclass of A.
2664 //
2665 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
2666 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
2667 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
2668 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
2669
Steve Naroff1fd03612009-02-12 19:05:07 +00002670 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002671 // It could return the composite type.
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002672 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2673 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
2674 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
2675 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002676 compositeType = LHSTy;
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002677 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
Douglas Gregor7ffd0de2008-11-26 06:43:45 +00002678 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002679 compositeType = RHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002680 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
2681 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002682 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
2683 } else {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002684 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002685 << LHSTy << RHSTy
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002686 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002687 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002688 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2689 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002690 return incompatTy;
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002691 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002692 } else if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002693 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002694 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
2695 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002696 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
2697 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
2698 // to get a consistent AST.
2699 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002700 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
2701 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbara56f7462008-08-26 00:41:39 +00002702 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002703 }
2704 // The pointer types are compatible.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00002705 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
2706 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
2707 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
2708 // type.
Eli Friedman5835ea22008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002709 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
Eli Friedmana541d532008-02-10 22:59:36 +00002710 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002711 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2712 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Eli Friedman5835ea22008-05-16 20:37:07 +00002713 return compositeType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002714 }
2715 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002716
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00002717 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
2718 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2719 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2720 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2721 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2722 return RHSTy;
2723 }
2724 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
2725 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
2726 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
2727 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
2728 return LHSTy;
2729 }
2730
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002731 // Selection between block pointer types is ok as long as they are the same.
2732 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() && RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() &&
2733 Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy))
2734 return LHSTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002735
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002736 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
2737 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002738 // id with statically typed objects).
2739 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002740 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
2741 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
2742 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002743 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002744 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002745 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
2746 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
2747 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002748 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only
2749 // happens to work because id can more or less be used anywhere,
2750 // however this may change the type of method sends.
2751 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
2752 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
2753 // cases. Investigate.
2754 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002755 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
2756 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00002757 return compositeType;
2758 }
2759 }
2760
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002761 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002762 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
2763 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002764 return QualType();
2765}
2766
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002767/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002768/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002769Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
2770 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2771 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
2772 ExprArg RHS) {
2773 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
2774 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002775
2776 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
2777 // was the condition.
2778 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
2779 if (isLHSNull)
2780 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002781
2782 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00002783 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002784 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002785 return ExprError();
2786
2787 Cond.release();
2788 LHS.release();
2789 RHS.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002790 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002791 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
2792 RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002793}
2794
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002795
2796// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002797// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002798// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
2799// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
2800// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002801Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002802Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
2803 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002804
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002805 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner2dcb6bb2007-07-31 21:27:01 +00002806 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2807 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002808
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002809 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002810 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2811 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002812
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002813 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002814
2815 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
2816 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
2817 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00002818 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00002819 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002820 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002821
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002822 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
2823 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002824 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002825 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002826 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002827 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002828
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002829 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002830 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
2831 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002832 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002833
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002834 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002835 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002836 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002837
2838 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00002839 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
2840 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00002841 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002842 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002843 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00002844 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2845 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
2846 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
2847 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
2848 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
2849 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
2850 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
2851 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2852 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2853 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
2854 }
2855 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
2856 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
2857 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
2858 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
2859 }
2860 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
2861 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
2862 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
2863 // warning can be disabled.
2864 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
2865 return ConvTy;
2866 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
2867 }
2868 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
2869 return IncompatiblePointer;
2870 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002871 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002872}
2873
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002874/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
2875/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
2876/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
2877// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002878Sema::AssignConvertType
2879Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002880 QualType rhsType) {
2881 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002882
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002883 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
2884 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002885 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
2886
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002887 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
2888 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
2889 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002890
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002891 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002892
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002893 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
2894 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
2895 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002896
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002897 if (!Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002898 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002899 return ConvTy;
2900}
2901
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002902/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
2903/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002904/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
2905///
2906/// int a, *pint;
2907/// short *pshort;
2908/// struct foo *pfoo;
2909///
2910/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2911/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
2912/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
2913/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
2914///
2915/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002916/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002917///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00002918Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002919Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002920 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
2921 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00002922 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
2923 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002924
2925 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00002926 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00002927
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00002928 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
2929 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
2930 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
2931 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
2932 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
2933 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
2934 // type.
2935 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
2936 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00002937 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00002938 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002939 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002940
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00002941 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
2942 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002943 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00002944 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
2945 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
2946 return IntToPointer;
2947 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
2948 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00002949 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00002950 }
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002951
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002952 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002953 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002954 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
2955 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002956 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002957
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002958 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002959 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002960 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002961 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
2962 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00002963 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00002964 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002965 }
2966 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002967 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002968
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00002969 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002970 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002971
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002972 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002973 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00002974 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00002975
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00002976 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002977 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002978
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002979 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002980 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00002981 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002982
2983 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2984 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2985 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2986 return Compatible;
2987 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00002988 return Incompatible;
2989 }
2990
2991 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
2992 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00002993 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002994
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00002995 // Treat block pointers as objects.
2996 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2997 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
2998 return Compatible;
2999
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003000 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3001 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003002
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003003 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3004 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003005 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003006 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003007 return Incompatible;
3008 }
3009
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003010 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003011 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003012 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3013 return Compatible;
3014
3015 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003016 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003017
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003018 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003019 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003020
3021 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003022 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003023 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003024 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003025 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003026
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003027 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003028 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003029 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003030 }
3031 return Incompatible;
3032}
3033
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003034Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003035Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003036 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3037 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3038 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3039 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3040 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003041 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3042 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003043 return Incompatible;
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00003044 else
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003045 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003046 }
3047
3048 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3049 // structures.
3050 }
3051
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003052 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3053 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Narofff7f52e72009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003054 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3055 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003056 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahanian9d3185e2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003057 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003058 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003059 return Compatible;
3060 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003061
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003062 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003063 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003064 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003065 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003066 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003067 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003068 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3069 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003070
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003071 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3072 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003073
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003074 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3075 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003076 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3077 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3078 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3079 // does not have reference type.
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003080 if (rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003081 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003082 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003083}
3084
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003085Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003086Sema::CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3087 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsType);
3088}
3089
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003090QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003091 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003092 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003093 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003094 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003095}
3096
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003097inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003098 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003099 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003100 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003101 QualType lhsType =
3102 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3103 QualType rhsType =
3104 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003105
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003106 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003107 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003108 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003109
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003110 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3111 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003112 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3113 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3114 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003115 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3116 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003117 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003118 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003119 }
3120 }
3121 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003122
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003123 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3124 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003125 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003126 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003127
3128 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003129 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3130 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003131 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003132 return lhsType;
3133 }
3134 }
3135
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003136 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003137 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003138 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003139 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3140
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003141 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003142 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3143 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003144 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003145 return rhsType;
3146 }
3147 }
3148
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003149 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003150 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003151 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003152 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003153 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003154}
3155
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003156inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003157 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003158{
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003159 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003160 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003161
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003162 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003163
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003164 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003165 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003166 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003167}
3168
3169inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003170 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003171{
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003172 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3173 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3174 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3175 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3176 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003177
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003178 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003179
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003180 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003181 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003182 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003183}
3184
3185inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003186 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003187{
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003188 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3189 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3190 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3191 return compType;
3192 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003193
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003194 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003195
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003196 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003197 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3198 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3199 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003200 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003201 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003202
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003203 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3204 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3205 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3206 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3207
3208 if (const PointerType* PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
3209 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3210 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003211 if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3212 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3213 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003214 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003215 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003216 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003217
3218 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3219 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3220 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3221 } else if (PTy->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
3222 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3223 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3224 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3225 return QualType();
3226 }
3227
3228 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3229 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3230 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3231 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
3232 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PTy->getPointeeType(),
3233 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3234 lex->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3235 lex->getType()))
3236 return QualType();
3237
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003238 if (CompLHSTy) {
3239 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3240 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3241 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3242 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3243 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003244 return PExp->getType();
3245 }
3246 }
3247
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003248 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003249}
3250
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003251// C99 6.5.6
3252QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003253 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3254 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3255 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3256 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3257 return compType;
3258 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003259
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003260 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003261
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003262 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003263
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003264 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003265 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3266 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003267 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003268 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003269
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003270 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3271 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff2565eef2008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003272 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003273
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003274 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003275
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003276 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3277 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3278 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3279 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3280 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3281 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3282 return QualType();
3283 }
3284
3285 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3286 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3287 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3288 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3289 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003290 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003291 return QualType();
3292 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003293
3294 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3295 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3296 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3297 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3298 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3299 lex->getSourceRange(),
3300 SourceRange(),
3301 lex->getType()))
3302 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003303
3304 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003305 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3306 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3307 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3308 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3309 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3310 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3311 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3312 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3313
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003314 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003315 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003316 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003317
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003318 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3319 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003320 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003321
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003322 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3323 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3324 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3325 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3326 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3327 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3328 return QualType();
3329 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003330
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003331 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3332 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3333 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3334 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003335 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003336 return QualType();
3337 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003338
3339 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3340 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3341 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3342 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3343 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3344 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3345 rex->getSourceRange(),
3346 SourceRange(),
3347 rex->getType()))
3348 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003349
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003350 // Pointee types must be compatible.
Eli Friedmanf1c7b482008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003351 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003352 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedmanf1c7b482008-09-02 05:09:35 +00003353 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003354 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003355 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003356 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003357 return QualType();
3358 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003359
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003360 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3361 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3362 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3363 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3364 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3365 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3366 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003367
3368 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003369 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3370 }
3371 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003372
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003373 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003374}
3375
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003376// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003377QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003378 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003379 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3380 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003381 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003382
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003383 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3384 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003385 QualType LHSTy;
3386 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3387 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
3388 else
3389 LHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003390 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003391 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3392
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003393 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003394
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003395 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003396 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003397}
3398
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003399// C99 6.5.8
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003400QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003401 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3402 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3403
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003404 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003405 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003406
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003407 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003408 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3409 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3410 else {
3411 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3412 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3413 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003414 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3415 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003416
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003417 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003418 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3419 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3420 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003421 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3422 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003423 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3424 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3425 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3426 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003427 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3428 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003429 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003430
3431 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3432 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3433 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3434 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3435
3436 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3437 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003438 Expr *literalString = 0;
3439 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003440 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003441 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3442 literalString = lex;
3443 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3444 }
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003445 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3446 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003447 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3448 literalString = rex;
3449 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3450 }
3451
3452 if (literalString) {
3453 std::string resultComparison;
3454 switch (Opc) {
3455 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3456 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3457 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3458 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3459 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3460 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3461 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3462 }
3463 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3464 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3465 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003466 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3467 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3468 "strcmp(")
3469 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3470 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003471 resultComparison);
3472 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003473 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003474
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003475 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003476 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003477
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003478 if (isRelational) {
3479 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003480 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003481 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003482 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003483 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003484 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003485 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003486 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003487
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003488 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003489 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003490 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003491
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003492 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3493 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003494
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003495 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3496 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3497 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003498 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003499 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003500 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003501 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003502 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003503
Steve Naroff66296cb2007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003504 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003505 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3506 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003507 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003508 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003509 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003510 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003511 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003512 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003513 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003514 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003515 // Handle block pointer types.
3516 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3517 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3518 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003519
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003520 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
3521 !Context.typesAreBlockCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003522 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003523 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003524 }
3525 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003526 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003527 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003528 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
3529 if ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) ||
3530 (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType())) {
3531 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003532 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003533 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003534 }
3535 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003536 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00003537 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003538
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003539 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003540 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003541 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
3542 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003543 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003544 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003545 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003546 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003547
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00003548 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
3549 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003550 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003551 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003552 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003553 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00003554 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003555 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003556 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00003557 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003558 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
3559 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003560 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003561 } else {
3562 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003563 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00003564 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00003565 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003566 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003567 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003568 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00003569 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003570 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003571 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003572 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003573 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003574 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003575 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003576 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00003577 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003578 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003579 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003580 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003581 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003582 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003583 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003584 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003585 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003586 // Handle block pointers.
3587 if (lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
3588 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003589 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003590 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003591 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003592 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003593 }
3594 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
3595 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003596 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003597 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003598 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003599 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00003600 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003601 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003602}
3603
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003604/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003605/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003606/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
3607/// types.
3608QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003609 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003610 bool isRelational) {
3611 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
3612 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003613 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003614 if (vType.isNull())
3615 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003616
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003617 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3618 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003619
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003620 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3621 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3622 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
3623 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
3624 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
3625 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
3626 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003627 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003628 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003629
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003630 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
3631 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
3632 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003633 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003634 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003635
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003636 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
3637 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
3638 if (1) {
3639 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
3640 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3641 return QualType();
3642 }
3643
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003644 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
3645 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
3646 // elements for floating point vectors.
3647 if (lType->isIntegerType())
3648 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003649
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003650 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003651 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003652 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003653 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00003654 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003655 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3656
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003657 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00003658 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003659 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
3660}
3661
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003662inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003663 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003664{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00003665 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003666 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003667
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003668 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003669
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003670 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003671 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003672 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003673}
3674
3675inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003676 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003677{
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003678 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3679 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003680
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00003681 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003682 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003683 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003684}
3685
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003686/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
3687/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
3688/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
3689///
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003690static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003691{
3692 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
3693 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
3694 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
3695 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
3696 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003697 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003698 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
3699 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
3700 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
3701 return true;
3702 }
3703 }
3704 return false;
3705}
3706
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003707/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
3708/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
3709static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00003710 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context);
3711 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
3712 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003713 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
3714 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003715
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003716 unsigned Diag = 0;
3717 bool NeedType = false;
3718 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
3719 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
3720 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003721 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003722 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3723 NeedType = true;
3724 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003725 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003726 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3727 NeedType = true;
3728 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00003729 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003730 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
3731 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003732 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003733 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3734 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003735 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
3736 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00003737 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003738 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
3739 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003740 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003741 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
3742 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00003743 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003744 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
3745 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00003746 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
3747 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
3748 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00003749 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
3750 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
3751 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003752 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00003753
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003754 if (NeedType)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003755 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003756 else
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00003757 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003758 return true;
3759}
3760
3761
3762
3763// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003764QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3765 SourceLocation Loc,
3766 QualType CompoundType) {
3767 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
3768 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00003769 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003770
3771 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
3772 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003773
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003774 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003775 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003776 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003777 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003778 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
3779 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
3780 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
3781 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
3782 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
3783 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
3784 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003785
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003786 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
3787 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
3788 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003789 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003790 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
3791 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
3792 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
3793 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
3794 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003795 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003796 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003797 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
3798 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
3799 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00003800 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
3801 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00003802 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
3803 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
3804 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00003805 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003806 }
3807 } else {
3808 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003809 ConvTy = CheckCompoundAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00003810 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003811
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003812 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
3813 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003814 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003815
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003816 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
3817 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003818 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003819 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
3820 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00003821 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
3822 // oprdu.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003823 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003824}
3825
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003826// C99 6.5.17
3827QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00003828 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003829 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003830
3831 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
3832 // incomplete in C++).
3833
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003834 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003835}
3836
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003837/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
3838/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003839QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3840 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003841 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
3842 return Context.DependentTy;
3843
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003844 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
3845 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003846
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00003847 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
3848 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
3849 if (!isInc) {
3850 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3851 return QualType();
3852 }
3853 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
3854 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
3855 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003856 // OK!
3857 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
3858 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003859 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003860 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3861 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3862 << Op->getSourceRange();
3863 return QualType();
3864 }
3865
3866 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003867 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003868 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003869 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3870 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3871 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
3872 return QualType();
3873 }
3874
3875 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003876 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00003877 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
3878 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
3879 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3880 ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003881 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003882 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
3883 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
3884 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003885 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003886 } else {
3887 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003888 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003889 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003890 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003891 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00003892 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003893 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003894 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00003895 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003896}
3897
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003898/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003899/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003900/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
3901/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
3902/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
3903/// - &(x) => x
3904/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
3905/// - &s.xx => s
3906/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
3907/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
3908/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
3909/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003910static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003911 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003912 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00003913 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003914 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003915 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003916 // Fields cannot be declared with a 'register' storage class.
3917 // &X->f is always ok, even if X is declared register.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003918 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003919 return 0;
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003920 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003921 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003922 // &X[4] and &4[X] refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003923
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003924 NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase());
Daniel Dunbar48d04ae2008-10-21 21:22:32 +00003925 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(D);
Anders Carlssonf2a4b842008-02-01 16:01:31 +00003926 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00003927 return 0;
3928 else
3929 return VD;
3930 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003931 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
3932 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003933
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003934 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
3935 case UnaryOperator::Deref: {
3936 // *(X + 1) refers to X if X is not a pointer.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003937 if (NamedDecl *D = getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr())) {
3938 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3939 if (!VD || VD->getType()->isPointerType())
3940 return 0;
3941 return VD;
3942 }
3943 return 0;
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00003944 }
3945 case UnaryOperator::Real:
3946 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
3947 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
3948 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
3949 default:
3950 return 0;
3951 }
3952 }
3953 case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
3954 BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
3955
3956 // Handle cases involving pointer arithmetic. The result of an
3957 // Assign or AddAssign is not an lvalue so they can be ignored.
3958
3959 // (x + n) or (n + x) => x
3960 if (BO->getOpcode() == BinaryOperator::Add) {
3961 if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3962 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getLHS());
3963 } else if (BO->getRHS()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3964 return getPrimaryDecl(BO->getRHS());
3965 }
3966 }
3967
3968 return 0;
3969 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003970 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003971 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00003972 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
3973 // &X[4] when X is an array, has an implicit cast from array to pointer.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00003974 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003975 default:
3976 return 0;
3977 }
3978}
3979
3980/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003981/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003982/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003983/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003984/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003985/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003986/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003987QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00003988 if (op->isTypeDependent())
3989 return Context.DependentTy;
3990
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00003991 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
3992 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
3993 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
3994 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
3995 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
3996 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
3997 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
3998 }
3999 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4000 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4001 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004002 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004003 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004004
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004005 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004006 if (!dcl || !isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {// allow function designators
4007 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004008 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4009 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004010 return QualType();
4011 }
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004012 } else if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(op)) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004013 if (FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl())) {
4014 if (Field->isBitField()) {
4015 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4016 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
4017 return QualType();
4018 }
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004019 }
4020 // Check for Apple extension for accessing vector components.
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004021 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4022 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004023 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004024 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004025 return QualType();
4026 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004027 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004028 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4029 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4030 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004031 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4032 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004033 return QualType();
4034 }
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004035 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004036 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004037 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4038 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004039 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4040 // scope qualifier for the class.
4041 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4042 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4043 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4044 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4045 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4046 }
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004047 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
4048 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004049 // As above.
4050 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4051 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4052 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4053 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4054 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4055 }
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004056 }
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004057 else
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004058 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004059 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004060
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004061 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4062 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4063}
4064
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004065QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004066 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4067 return Context.DependentTy;
4068
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004069 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4070 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004071
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004072 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4073 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4074 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4075 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4076 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004077 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004078
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004079 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004080 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004081 return QualType();
4082}
4083
4084static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4085 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4086 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4087 switch (Kind) {
4088 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004089 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4090 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004091 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4092 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4093 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4094 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4095 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4096 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4097 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4098 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4099 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4100 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4101 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4102 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4103 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4104 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4105 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4106 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4107 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4108 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4109 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4110 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4111 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4112 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4113 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4114 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4115 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4116 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4117 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4118 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4119 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4120 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4121 }
4122 return Opc;
4123}
4124
4125static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4126 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4127 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4128 switch (Kind) {
4129 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4130 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4131 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4132 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4133 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4134 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4135 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4136 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4137 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004138 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4139 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4140 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4141 }
4142 return Opc;
4143}
4144
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004145/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4146/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4147/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004148Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4149 unsigned Op,
4150 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004151 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004152 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004153 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4154 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4155 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004156
4157 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004158 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4159 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4160 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004161 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4162 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4163 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4164 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4165 break;
4166 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004167 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4168 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4169 break;
4170 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4171 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4172 break;
4173 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4174 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4175 break;
4176 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4177 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4178 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004179 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004180 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4181 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4182 break;
4183 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4184 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4185 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4186 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004187 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004188 break;
4189 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4190 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004191 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004192 break;
4193 case BinaryOperator::And:
4194 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4195 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4196 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4197 break;
4198 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4199 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4200 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4201 break;
4202 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4203 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004204 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4205 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4206 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4207 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004208 break;
4209 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004210 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4211 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4212 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4213 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004214 break;
4215 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004216 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4217 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4218 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004219 break;
4220 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004221 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4222 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4223 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004224 break;
4225 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4226 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004227 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4228 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4229 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4230 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004231 break;
4232 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4233 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4234 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004235 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4236 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4237 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4238 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004239 break;
4240 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4241 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4242 break;
4243 }
4244 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004245 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004246 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004247 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4248 else
4249 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004250 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4251 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004252}
4253
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004254// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004255Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4256 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4257 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004258 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004259 Expr *lhs = (Expr *)LHS.release(), *rhs = (Expr*)RHS.release();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004260
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004261 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4262 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004263
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004264 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4265 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4266 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4267 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4268 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4269 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4270 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004271 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004272 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4273 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4274 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4275 Functions);
4276 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4277 DeclarationName OpName
4278 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4279 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004280 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004281
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004282 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4283 // binary operation.
4284 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004285 }
4286
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004287 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4288 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004289}
4290
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004291Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4292 unsigned OpcIn,
4293 ExprArg InputArg) {
4294 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004295
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004296 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated
4297 // appropriately.
4298 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004299 QualType resultType;
4300 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004301 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4302 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4303 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4304 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4305 break;
4306
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004307 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4308 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004309 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4310 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004311 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004312 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004313 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4314 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004315 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004316 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004317 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4318 break;
4319 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4320 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004321 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4322 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004323 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4324 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004325 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4326 break;
4327 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4328 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4329 break;
4330 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4331 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4332 resultType->isPointerType())
4333 break;
4334
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004335 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4336 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004337 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004338 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4339 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004340 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4341 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004342 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4343 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4344 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004345 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004346 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004347 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004348 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4349 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004350 break;
4351 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4352 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004353 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4354 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004355 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4356 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004357 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004358 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4359 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004360 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004361 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4362 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004363 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004364 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004365 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004366 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004367 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004368 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004369 resultType = Input->getType();
4370 break;
4371 }
4372 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004373 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004374
4375 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004376 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004377}
4378
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004379// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4380Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4381 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4382 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4383 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4384
4385 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4386 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4387 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4388 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4389 // the arguments.
4390 FunctionSet Functions;
4391 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4392 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4393 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4394 Functions);
4395 DeclarationName OpName
4396 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4397 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4398 }
4399
4400 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4401 }
4402
4403 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4404}
4405
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004406/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004407Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4408 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4409 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004410 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Steve Naroffd8eb4562009-03-13 16:03:38 +00004411 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = CurBlock ? CurBlock->LabelMap[LabelII] :
4412 LabelMap[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004413
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004414 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4415 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004416 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004417 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004418
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004419 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004420 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4421 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004422}
4423
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004424Sema::OwningExprResult
4425Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4426 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4427 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004428 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4429 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4430
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004431 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
4432 if (isFileScope) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004433 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004434 }
4435
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004436 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4437 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4438 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004439
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004440 // FIXME: the last statement in the compount stmt has its value used. We
4441 // should not warn about it being unused.
4442
4443 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4444 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4445 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004446
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004447 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4448 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4449 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4450 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4451 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004452
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004453 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004454 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004455 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004456
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004457 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4458 // expressions are not lvalues.
4459
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004460 substmt.release();
4461 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00004462}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004463
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004464Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4465 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4466 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4467 TypeTy *argty,
4468 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4469 unsigned NumComponents,
4470 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4471 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4472 // error.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004473 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4474 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004475
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004476 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4477
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004478 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4479 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4480 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004481 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004482 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004483
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004484 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4485 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004486
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004487 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4488 // the offsetof designators.
4489 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4490 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004491 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004492 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004493
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004494 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4495 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004496 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4497 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004498 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004499 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4500 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004501
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004502 if (!Dependent) {
4503 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4504 // leaks like a sieve.
4505 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4506 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4507 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4508 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4509 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4510 if (!AT) {
4511 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004512 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
4513 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004514 }
4515
4516 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
4517
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004518 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
4519 // expression.
4520 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
4521
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004522 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
4523 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004524 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004525 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004526 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
4527 diag::err_typecheck_subscript)
4528 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004529
4530 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
4531 OC.LocEnd);
4532 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004533 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004534
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004535 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
4536 if (!RC) {
4537 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004538 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
4539 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004540 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00004541
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004542 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
4543 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
4544 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
4545 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
4546 LookupMemberName)
4547 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004548 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004549 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004550 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
4551 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004552
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004553 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
4554 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
4555 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it doesn't
4556 // matter here.
4557 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004558 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004559 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004560 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004561
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004562 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
4563 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004564}
4565
4566
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004567Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4568 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
4569 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004570 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
4571 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004572
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004573 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004574
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004575 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
4576 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004577}
4578
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004579Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4580 ExprArg cond,
4581 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
4582 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4583 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
4584 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
4585 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004586
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004587 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
4588
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004589 QualType resType;
4590 if (CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
4591 resType = Context.DependentTy;
4592 } else {
4593 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
4594 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
4595 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
4596 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004597 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
4598 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
4599 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004600
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004601 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
4602 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
4603 }
4604
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004605 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
4606 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
4607 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00004608}
4609
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004610//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4611// Clang Extensions.
4612//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4613
4614/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004615void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004616 // Analyze block parameters.
4617 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004618
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004619 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
4620 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
4621 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004622
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004623 BSI->ReturnType = 0;
4624 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00004625 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004626
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004627 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004628 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004629}
4630
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004631void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
4632 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier() == 0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
4633
4634 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
4635 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
4636 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
4637
4638 // The type is entirely optional as well, if none, use DependentTy.
4639 if (T.isNull())
4640 T = Context.DependentTy;
4641
4642 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
4643 if (!T->isFunctionType())
4644 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
4645
4646 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
4647 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
4648 Type *RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType()
4649 .getTypePtr();
4650
4651 if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4652 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
4653 return;
4654 }
4655
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004656 // Analyze arguments to block.
4657 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
4658 "Not a function declarator!");
4659 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004660
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004661 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
4662 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004663
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004664 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
4665 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
4666 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
4667 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004668 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
4669 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004670 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004671 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004672 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
4673 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00004674 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004675 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00004676 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator (ParamInfo, CurScope);
4677
4678 Type* RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType()
4679 .getTypePtr();
4680
4681 if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
4682 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004683 }
Steve Naroffe78b8092009-03-13 16:56:44 +00004684 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, &CurBlock->Params[0],
4685 CurBlock->Params.size());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004686
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004687 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
4688 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
4689 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
4690 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
4691 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004692}
4693
4694/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4695/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4696void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
4697 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4698 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004699
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004700 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4701 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004702
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004703 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Douglas Gregor4a471aa2009-03-11 23:54:15 +00004704
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004705}
4706
4707/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4708/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004709Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
4710 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00004711 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
4712 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
4713 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
4714
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004715 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
4716 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004717
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00004718 PopDeclContext();
4719
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004720 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
4721 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004722
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004723 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
4724 if (BSI->ReturnType)
4725 RetTy = QualType(BSI->ReturnType, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004726
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004727 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
4728 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
4729 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004730
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004731 QualType BlockTy;
4732 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004733 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(RetTy);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004734 else
4735 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, &ArgTypes[0], ArgTypes.size(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004736 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004737
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004738 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
4739
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004740 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004741
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004742 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.release()));
4743 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
4744 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00004745}
4746
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004747Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4748 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
4749 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004750 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004751 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
4752 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
4753
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004754 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004755
4756 // Get the va_list type
4757 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4758 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
4759 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
4760 // a pointer for va_arg.
4761 if (VaListType->isArrayType())
4762 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedmanefbe85c2008-08-20 22:17:17 +00004763 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
4764 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00004765
Chris Lattner3f419762009-04-06 17:07:34 +00004766 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(VaListType, E->getType()) != Compatible) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004767 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
4768 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00004769 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00004770 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004771
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004772 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004773 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004774
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004775 expr.release();
4776 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
4777 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00004778}
4779
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004780Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004781 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
4782 // pointers on the target.
4783 QualType Ty;
4784 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
4785 Ty = Context.IntTy;
4786 else
4787 Ty = Context.LongTy;
4788
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004789 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00004790}
4791
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004792bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
4793 SourceLocation Loc,
4794 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
4795 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
4796 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
4797 bool isInvalid = false;
4798 unsigned DiagKind;
4799 switch (ConvTy) {
4800 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
4801 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004802 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004803 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
4804 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00004805 case IntToPointer:
4806 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
4807 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004808 case IncompatiblePointer:
4809 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
4810 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00004811 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
4812 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
4813 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004814 case FunctionVoidPointer:
4815 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
4816 break;
4817 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00004818 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
4819 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
4820 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
4821 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
4822 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
4823 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
4824 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
4825 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
4826 // C++ semantics.
4827 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4828 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
4829 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004830 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
4831 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004832 case IntToBlockPointer:
4833 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
4834 break;
4835 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Steve Naroffba80c9a2008-09-24 23:31:10 +00004836 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004837 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004838 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004839 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004840 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
4841 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
4842 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00004843 case IncompatibleVectors:
4844 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
4845 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004846 case Incompatible:
4847 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
4848 isInvalid = true;
4849 break;
4850 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004851
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004852 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
4853 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004854 return isInvalid;
4855}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004856
4857bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr* E, llvm::APSInt *Result)
4858{
4859 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
4860
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004861 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004862 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
4863 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
4864
4865 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
4866 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
4867 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
4868 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
4869 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
4870 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4871 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004872
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004873 return true;
4874 }
4875
4876 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004877 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004878 E->getSourceRange();
4879
4880 // Print the reason it's not a constant.
4881 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
4882 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
4883 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004884
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00004885 if (Result)
4886 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
4887 return false;
4888}